Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 7113:83b3261352b3 v7.4.868
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/54f018cd5994c3ffcd0740526e56db6934edf1f2
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Tue Sep 15 17:30:40 2015 +0200
patch 7.4.868
Problem: 'smarttab' is also effective when 'paste' is enabled. (Alexander
Monakov)
Solution: Disable 'smarttab' when 'paste' is set. (Christian Brabandt)
Do the same for 'expandtab'.
| author | Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 15 Sep 2015 17:45:04 +0200 |
| parents | 5f24d6d51333 |
| children | 81794242a275 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
| 7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
| 838 | 51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode | |
| 53 #else | |
| 54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText | |
| 55 #endif | |
| 9 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 59 | |
| 766 | 60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 62 |
| 63 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 64 #if 0 | |
| 1702 | 65 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 66 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 67 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
| 68 #endif | |
| 69 | |
| 70 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) | |
| 71 | |
| 72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 89 | |
| 168 | 90 #endif |
| 91 | |
| 7 | 92 |
| 93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 94 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 95 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 96 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 98 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 99 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 100 #endif | |
| 101 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 593 | 107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 109 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 111 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 112 # endif | |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 593 | 115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 116 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 117 */ |
| 118 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 120 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 121 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 /* | |
| 124 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 128 | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 131 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* ??? */ | |
| 134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 135 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 136 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 137 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 138 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 139 | |
| 140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 144 */ | |
| 145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 148 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 153 | |
| 154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 156 | |
| 1572 | 157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 158 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 159 | |
| 13 | 160 static struct |
| 161 { | |
| 162 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 163 FMFontSize size; | |
| 164 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 165 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 167 |
| 766 | 168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 170 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; | |
| 174 # endif | |
| 168 | 175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
176 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 177 #endif |
| 178 | |
| 7 | 179 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 180 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 181 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 182 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 183 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 184 | |
| 185 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 188 | |
| 189 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 190 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 191 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 192 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 193 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 194 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 195 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 196 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 197 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 198 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 199 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 200 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 201 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 202 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 203 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 204 | |
| 205 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 212 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 213 | |
| 214 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 215 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 216 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 217 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 218 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 219 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 220 | |
| 221 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 222 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 223 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 224 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 227 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 228 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 229 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 230 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 231 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 232 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 233 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 234 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 235 | |
| 236 #define KeySym char | |
| 237 | |
| 238 static struct | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 241 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 242 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 243 } special_keys[] = | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 246 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 247 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 248 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 249 | |
| 250 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 254 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 255 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 262 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 263 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 264 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 265 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 268 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 269 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
| 270 #ifndef MACOS_X | |
| 271 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, | |
| 272 #endif | |
| 273 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, | |
| 274 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 275 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 276 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 277 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 278 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 279 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 282 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 285 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 286 }; | |
| 287 | |
| 288 /* | |
| 289 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 290 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 291 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 292 */ | |
| 293 | |
| 294 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 295 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 296 #endif |
| 297 | |
| 1106 | 298 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 299 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 300 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 301 #endif | |
| 302 | |
| 1562 | 303 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 304 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 305 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void); | |
| 306 #endif | |
| 307 | |
| 7 | 308 /* |
| 309 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 310 * Conversion Utility | |
| 311 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 312 */ | |
| 313 | |
| 314 /* | |
| 315 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 316 * | |
| 317 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 318 * into a pascal string | |
| 319 * | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 | |
| 593 | 322 char_u * |
| 323 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 324 { |
| 325 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 326 int len; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 332 | |
| 333 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 334 len = 255; | |
| 335 | |
| 336 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 337 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 340 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 | |
| 343 return PascalString; | |
| 344 } | |
| 345 | |
| 346 /* | |
| 347 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 348 * | |
| 349 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 350 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 351 * | |
| 352 */ | |
| 353 | |
| 593 | 354 char_u * |
| 355 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 356 { |
| 357 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 358 int len; | |
| 359 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 360 | |
| 361 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 362 | |
| 363 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 364 len = 255; | |
| 365 | |
| 366 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 367 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 370 { | |
| 371 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 c++; | |
| 374 } | |
| 375 *p = *c; | |
| 376 p++; | |
| 377 len++; | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 380 } | |
| 381 | |
| 382 return PascalString; | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 | |
| 385 /* | |
| 386 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 387 */ | |
| 388 | |
| 389 int_u | |
| 390 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 391 { | |
| 392 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 393 | |
| 394 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 395 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 396 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 397 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 398 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 399 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 400 #if 0 | |
| 401 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 402 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 403 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 404 #endif | |
| 405 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 406 } | |
| 407 | |
| 408 /* | |
| 409 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 410 */ | |
| 411 | |
| 412 static int_u | |
| 413 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 416 | |
| 417 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 418 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 419 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 420 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 421 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 422 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 423 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 424 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 425 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 426 #endif | |
| 427 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 428 } | |
| 429 | |
| 430 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 431 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 432 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 433 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 434 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 435 * | |
| 436 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 437 */ | |
| 438 static int | |
| 439 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 440 { | |
| 441 int pixels; | |
| 442 int points = 0; | |
| 443 int divisor = 0; | |
| 444 | |
| 445 while (*str) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 450 divisor = 1; | |
| 451 continue; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 455 break; | |
| 456 | |
| 457 points *= 10; | |
| 458 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 459 divisor *= 10; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 ++str; | |
| 462 } | |
| 463 | |
| 464 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 465 divisor = 1; | |
| 466 | |
| 467 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 468 *end = str; | |
| 469 return pixels; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 766 | 472 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 473 /* |
| 474 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 475 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 476 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 477 */ | |
| 478 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 479 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 480 { |
| 481 CFStringRef name; | |
| 482 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 483 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 484 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 485 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 486 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 487 | |
| 488 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 489 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 490 |
| 491 if (name) | |
| 492 { | |
| 493 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 494 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 495 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 496 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 497 | |
| 498 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 499 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 500 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 501 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 504 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 505 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 506 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 507 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 510 if (cleanedName) | |
| 511 { | |
| 512 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 513 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 514 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 515 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 516 | |
| 517 CFRelease(name); | |
| 518 name = cleanedName; | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 } | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 return name; | |
| 525 } | |
| 526 #endif | |
| 527 | |
| 7 | 528 /* |
| 529 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 530 * character strings. | |
| 531 */ | |
| 532 | |
| 593 | 533 char_u ** |
| 534 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 535 { |
| 536 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 537 OSErr newError; | |
| 538 long fileCount; | |
| 539 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 540 long actualSize; | |
| 541 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 542 DescType dummyType; | |
| 543 | |
| 544 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 545 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 546 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 547 return fnames; |
| 7 | 548 |
| 549 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 550 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 551 | |
| 552 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 553 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 554 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 555 | |
| 556 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 557 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 558 { | |
| 559 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 560 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 561 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 562 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 563 if (newError) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 566 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 567 return fnames; |
| 7 | 568 } |
| 569 | |
| 570 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 571 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 572 } |
| 573 | |
| 574 return (fnames); | |
| 575 } | |
| 576 | |
| 577 /* | |
| 578 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 579 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 580 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 581 */ | |
| 582 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 583 | |
| 584 /* | |
| 585 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 586 * | |
| 587 * Description | |
| 588 * ----------- | |
| 589 * | |
| 590 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 591 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 592 * | |
| 593 * Event Reply | |
| 594 * ----------- | |
| 595 * | |
| 596 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 597 * | |
| 598 * Remarks | |
| 599 * ------- | |
| 600 * | |
| 601 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 602 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 603 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 604 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 605 * |
| 606 */ | |
| 607 | |
| 608 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 609 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 612 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 613 }; | |
| 614 | |
| 9 | 615 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 616 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 617 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 618 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 619 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 620 { |
| 621 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 622 buf_T *buf; | |
| 623 int foundFile = false; | |
| 624 DescType typeCode; | |
| 625 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 626 Size actualSize; | |
| 627 | |
| 628 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 629 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 630 return error; |
| 7 | 631 |
| 9 | 632 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 633 if (error) |
| 1107 | 634 return error; |
| 7 | 635 |
| 636 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 637 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL | |
| 638 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 639 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 640 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 641 { | |
| 642 foundFile = true; | |
| 643 break; | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 | |
| 646 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 647 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 648 else | |
| 649 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 650 | |
| 651 return error; | |
| 652 }; | |
| 653 | |
| 654 /* | |
| 655 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 656 * | |
| 657 * Description | |
| 658 * ----------- | |
| 659 * | |
| 660 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 661 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 662 * | |
| 663 * Parameters None. | |
| 664 * ---------- | |
| 665 * | |
| 666 * Event Reply | |
| 667 * ----------- | |
| 668 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 669 * | |
| 670 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 671 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 672 * | |
| 673 * Remarks | |
| 674 * ------- | |
| 675 * | |
| 676 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 677 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 678 * | |
| 679 */ | |
| 680 | |
| 681 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 682 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 685 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 686 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 687 }; | |
| 688 | |
| 9 | 689 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 690 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 691 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 692 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 693 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 694 { |
| 695 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 696 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 697 long numFiles; | |
| 698 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 699 buf_T *buf; | |
| 700 | |
| 701 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 702 | |
| 9 | 703 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 704 if (error) |
| 1107 | 705 return error; |
| 7 | 706 |
| 707 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 708 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 709 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 710 | |
| 711 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 712 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 713 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 714 return error; |
| 7 | 715 |
| 716 #if 0 | |
| 717 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 718 |
| 719 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 720 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 721 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 | |
| 724 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 725 #endif | |
| 726 | |
| 727 numFiles = 0; | |
| 728 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 729 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 730 { | |
| 731 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 732 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 733 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 734 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 735 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 736 }; |
| 737 | |
| 738 #if 0 | |
| 739 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 740 #endif | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 743 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 744 |
| 745 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 746 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 747 | |
| 748 return error; | |
| 749 }; | |
| 750 | |
| 751 /* | |
| 752 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 753 * | |
| 754 * Description | |
| 755 * ----------- | |
| 756 * | |
| 757 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 758 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 759 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 760 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 761 * | |
| 762 * Event Reply | |
| 763 * ----------- | |
| 764 * | |
| 765 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 766 * | |
| 767 * Remarks | |
| 768 * ------- | |
| 769 * | |
| 770 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 771 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 772 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 773 * theText. | |
| 774 * | |
| 775 */ | |
| 776 | |
| 777 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 778 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 779 { | |
| 780 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 781 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 782 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 783 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 784 }; | |
| 785 | |
| 9 | 786 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 787 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 788 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 789 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 790 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 791 { |
| 792 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 793 buf_T *buf; | |
| 794 int foundFile = false; | |
| 795 DescType typeCode; | |
| 796 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 797 Size actualSize; | |
| 798 char_u *line; | |
| 799 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 800 long linesize; | |
| 801 long lineStart; | |
| 802 long BufferSize; | |
| 803 long lineno; | |
| 804 | |
| 805 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 806 | |
| 807 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 808 return error; |
| 7 | 809 |
| 810 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 811 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
| 812 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 813 { | |
| 814 foundFile = true; | |
| 815 break; | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 | |
| 818 if (foundFile) | |
| 819 { | |
| 9 | 820 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 821 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 822 { | |
| 823 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 824 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 825 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 826 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 827 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 828 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 829 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 830 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 831 { |
| 832 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 else | |
| 835 { | |
| 9 | 836 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 837 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 838 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 839 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 840 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 841 } |
| 842 } | |
| 843 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 844 { | |
| 9 | 845 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 846 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 847 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 848 } |
| 849 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 850 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 851 else | |
| 9 | 852 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 853 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 854 } | |
| 9 | 855 |
| 856 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 857 |
| 858 return error; | |
| 7 | 859 } |
| 860 | |
| 861 /* | |
| 862 * | |
| 863 */ | |
| 864 | |
| 865 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 866 pascal OSErr |
| 867 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 868 const OSType targetType, | |
| 869 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 870 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 871 { |
| 872 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 873 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 874 | |
| 875 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 876 | |
| 9 | 877 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 878 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 879 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 882 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 883 | |
| 9 | 884 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 885 { |
| 9 | 886 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 887 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 888 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 889 else | |
| 890 { | |
| 9 | 891 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 892 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 893 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 894 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 895 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 896 } | |
| 897 } | |
| 898 | |
| 899 return anErr; | |
| 900 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 901 | |
| 9 | 902 void |
| 903 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 904 { |
| 9 | 905 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 906 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 907 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 908 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 909 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 910 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 911 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 912 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 913 | |
| 914 | |
| 9 | 915 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 916 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 917 { |
| 9 | 918 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 919 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 920 | |
| 921 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 922 { |
| 923 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 924 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 925 } | |
| 926 | |
| 9 | 927 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 928 |
| 929 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 930 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 931 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 932 | |
| 933 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 934 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 935 | |
| 936 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 937 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 938 else | |
| 939 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 940 | |
| 9 | 941 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 942 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 943 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 944 { |
| 9 | 945 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 946 } |
| 9 | 947 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 948 } |
| 949 } | |
| 950 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 951 | |
| 952 /* | |
| 953 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 954 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 955 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 958 | |
| 959 /* | |
| 960 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 961 */ | |
| 962 | |
| 9 | 963 OSErr |
| 964 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 965 { |
| 966 OSErr error; | |
| 967 long actualSize; | |
| 968 DescType dummyType; | |
| 969 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 970 | |
| 971 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 972 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 973 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 974 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 975 &actualSize); | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 978 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 979 { | |
| 980 error = noErr; | |
| 981 } | |
| 982 else | |
| 983 { | |
| 984 #if 0 | |
| 985 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 986 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 987 #endif | |
| 988 } | |
| 989 | |
| 990 return error; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 | |
| 993 | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 996 * | |
| 997 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 998 * | |
| 999 */ | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 1002 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1005 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 1006 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1007 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1008 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1009 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1010 }; | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- | |
| 1013 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1014 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1015 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1016 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1017 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1018 */ | |
| 1019 | |
| 9 | 1020 pascal OSErr |
| 1021 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1022 { |
| 1023 /* | |
| 1024 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1025 * a ":args" | |
| 1026 */ | |
| 1027 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1028 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1029 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1030 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1031 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1032 long numFiles; | |
| 1033 // long fileCount; | |
| 1034 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1035 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1036 Size actualSize; | |
| 1037 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1038 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1039 long lnum; | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1042 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1043 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1044 return error; |
| 7 | 1045 |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1048 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1049 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1050 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1051 error = noErr; | |
| 1052 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1053 return error; |
| 7 | 1054 |
| 1055 /* | |
| 1056 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 if (^error) then | |
| 1059 { | |
| 1060 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1061 { | |
| 1062 // Goto this line | |
| 1063 } | |
| 1064 else | |
| 1065 { | |
| 1066 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1067 } | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 */ | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1072 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 if (error) | |
| 1075 { | |
| 1076 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1077 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1078 return (error); | |
| 1079 } | |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1082 { | |
| 1083 int i; | |
| 1084 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1085 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1086 |
| 1087 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1088 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1089 { | |
| 1090 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1091 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1092 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1093 else | |
| 1094 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1095 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1096 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1097 } | |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1100 * to it. */ | |
| 1101 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1102 { | |
| 1103 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1106 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1107 } |
| 816 | 1108 |
| 1109 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
| 1110 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK) | |
| 1111 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
| 1112 | |
| 7 | 1113 goto finished; |
| 1114 } | |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
| 1117 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE); | |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ | |
| 1120 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition)) | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1123 { | |
| 37 | 1124 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
| 7 | 1125 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
| 1126 setpcmark();*/ | |
| 1127 if (lnum < 1L) | |
| 1128 lnum = 1L; | |
| 1129 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1130 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1131 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 37 | 1132 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 1133 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
| 1134 } | |
| 1135 else | |
| 1136 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1); | |
| 1137 } | |
| 1138 | |
| 1139 /* Update the screen display */ | |
| 1140 update_screen(NOT_VALID); | |
| 5735 | 1141 |
| 37 | 1142 /* Select the text if possible */ |
| 1143 if (gotPosition) | |
| 1144 { | |
| 168 | 1145 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
| 1146 VIsual_select = FALSE; | |
| 1147 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1148 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0) | |
| 37 | 1149 { |
| 168 | 1150 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
| 1151 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange); | |
| 1152 } | |
| 1153 else | |
| 37 | 1154 { |
| 168 | 1155 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
| 1156 VIsual.col = 0; | |
| 1157 } | |
| 37 | 1158 } |
| 5735 | 1159 |
| 7 | 1160 setcursor(); |
| 1161 out_flush(); | |
| 1162 | |
| 37 | 1163 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1164 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1165 | |
| 1107 | 1166 finished: |
| 7 | 1167 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1168 | |
| 9 | 1169 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1170 return error; |
| 7 | 1171 } |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 /* | |
| 1174 * | |
| 1175 */ | |
| 1176 | |
| 9 | 1177 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1178 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1179 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1180 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1181 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1182 { |
| 1183 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1184 | |
| 9 | 1185 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1186 return error; |
| 7 | 1187 } |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 /* | |
| 1190 * | |
| 1191 */ | |
| 1192 | |
| 9 | 1193 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1194 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1195 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1196 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1197 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1198 { |
| 1199 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1200 | |
| 9 | 1201 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1202 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1203 return error; |
| 7 | 1204 |
| 1205 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1206 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1207 | |
| 1107 | 1208 return error; |
| 7 | 1209 } |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 /* | |
| 1212 * | |
| 1213 */ | |
| 1214 | |
| 9 | 1215 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1216 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1217 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1218 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1219 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1220 { |
| 1221 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1222 | |
| 9 | 1223 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1224 |
| 1225 return error; | |
| 7 | 1226 } |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 /* | |
| 1229 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1230 * | |
| 1231 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1232 */ | |
| 9 | 1233 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1234 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1235 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1236 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1237 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1238 { |
| 1239 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1240 | |
| 9 | 1241 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1242 |
| 1243 return error; | |
| 7 | 1244 } |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 /* | |
| 1248 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1249 */ | |
| 9 | 1250 OSErr |
| 1251 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1252 { |
| 1253 OSErr error; | |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1256 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1257 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1258 if (error) |
| 1259 { | |
| 1260 return error; | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1264 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1265 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1266 if (error) |
| 1267 { | |
| 1268 return error; | |
| 1269 } | |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1272 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1273 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1274 if (error) |
| 1275 { | |
| 1276 return error; | |
| 1277 } | |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1280 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1281 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1282 |
| 1283 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1284 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1285 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1286 |
| 1287 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1288 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1289 |
| 1290 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1291 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1292 |
| 1293 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1295 |
| 1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1298 |
| 1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1304 |
| 1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1307 |
| 1308 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1309 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1310 |
| 1311 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1312 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1313 |
| 1314 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1315 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1316 |
| 1317 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1318 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1319 |
| 1320 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1321 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1322 */ |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1325 /* | |
| 1326 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1327 */ | |
| 1328 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1329 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1330 if (error) |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 return error; | |
| 1333 } | |
| 1334 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1335 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1336 if (error) |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 return error; | |
| 1339 } | |
| 1340 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1341 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1342 if (error) |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 return error; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 #endif | |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 return error; | |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1352 | |
| 13 | 1353 |
| 1354 /* | |
| 1355 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1356 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1357 */ | |
| 1358 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1359 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1360 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1361 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1362 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1363 { |
| 1364 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1365 { | |
| 1366 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1367 return noErr; | |
| 1368 } | |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1371 { | |
| 1372 OSStatus status; | |
| 1373 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1374 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1375 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1378 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1379 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1380 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1381 &newFamily); | |
| 1382 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1383 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1386 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1387 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1388 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1389 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1392 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1393 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1394 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1395 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1396 } | |
| 1397 return noErr; | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 static void | |
| 593 | 1402 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1403 { |
| 1404 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1405 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1406 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1409 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1410 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1411 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1416 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1417 } | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 /* | |
| 1421 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1422 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1423 */ | |
| 168 | 1424 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1425 static void |
| 501 | 1426 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1427 { |
| 168 | 1428 Str255 buf; |
| 1429 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1430 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1431 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1432 |
| 1433 if (!outName) | |
| 1434 return; | |
| 1435 | |
| 168 | 1436 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1439 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1440 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1441 return; | |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1444 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1445 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1446 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1447 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1448 return; |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1451 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1452 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1453 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1454 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1455 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1456 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1459 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1460 } | |
| 1461 else | |
| 1462 { | |
| 501 | 1463 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1464 } |
| 13 | 1465 } |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | |
| 7 | 1468 /* |
| 1469 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1470 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1471 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1472 */ | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 /* | |
| 1475 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1476 * | |
| 4352 | 1477 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1478 */ |
| 2585 | 1479 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1480 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1481 { |
| 1482 short index; | |
| 1483 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1484 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1487 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1488 * -popup menu | |
| 1489 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1490 * | |
| 1491 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1492 */ | |
| 1493 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1494 { | |
| 1495 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1496 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1497 index = 1; | |
| 1498 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1501 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1502 index++; | |
| 1503 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 } | |
| 1506 return itemIndex; | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1510 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1511 { |
| 1512 short index; | |
| 1513 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1514 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1518 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1519 * -popup menu | |
| 1520 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1521 * | |
| 1522 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1523 */ | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1526 { | |
| 1527 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1528 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 else | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1533 { | |
| 1534 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1537 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1538 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1539 { | |
| 1540 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1541 break; | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 } | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 return pMenu; | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1551 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1552 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1553 */ | |
| 1554 pascal | |
| 1555 void | |
| 9 | 1556 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1557 { |
| 1558 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1559 int value, dragging; | |
| 1560 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1561 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1564 | |
| 9 | 1565 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1566 |
| 1567 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1568 return; | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1571 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1572 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1575 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1576 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1577 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1578 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 pascal | |
| 1582 void | |
| 9 | 1583 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1584 { |
| 1585 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1586 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1587 long data; | |
| 1588 long value; | |
| 1589 int page; | |
| 1590 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1591 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1592 | |
| 9 | 1593 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1594 |
| 1595 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1596 return; | |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1599 { | |
| 1600 /* | |
| 1601 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1602 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1603 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1604 */ | |
| 1605 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1608 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1609 else | |
| 1610 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1611 } | |
| 1612 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1613 { | |
| 1614 sb_info = sb; | |
| 1615 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5; | |
| 1616 } | |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 switch (partCode) | |
| 1619 { | |
| 1620 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1621 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1622 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1623 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1624 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1625 } | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1628 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1629 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1630 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1631 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1634 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1635 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1636 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1637 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 out_flush(); | |
| 1640 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1643 { | |
| 1644 win_T *wp; | |
| 1645 int sb_num; | |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1648 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1649 sb_num++; | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1652 { | |
| 1653 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1654 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1655 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1656 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1657 } | |
| 1658 }*/ | |
| 1659 } | |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 /* | |
| 1662 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1663 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1664 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1665 */ | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 /* | |
| 1669 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1670 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1671 * | |
| 1672 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1673 */ | |
| 1674 void | |
| 593 | 1675 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1676 { |
| 1677 Point thePoint; | |
| 1678 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1679 short thePortion; | |
| 1680 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1681 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1682 short dblClick; | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1685 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1686 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1689 |
| 1690 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1691 { | |
| 4352 | 1692 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
| 7 | 1693 |
| 1694 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1695 { | |
| 1696 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1697 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1698 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1699 } | |
| 1700 else | |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1703 #if 1 | |
| 1704 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1705 #else | |
| 1706 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1707 #endif | |
| 1708 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1709 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1710 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1711 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 } | |
| 1714 else | |
| 1715 { | |
| 1716 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1719 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1722 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1725 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1726 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1727 | |
| 1292 | 1728 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1731 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1732 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1733 } | |
| 7 | 1734 |
| 1735 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1736 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1737 | |
| 593 | 1738 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1739 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1740 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1743 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1744 */ | |
| 1745 #if 0 | |
| 1746 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1747 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1748 */ | |
| 1749 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1750 #endif | |
| 1751 { | |
| 9 | 1752 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1753 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1754 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1755 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1758 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 /* | |
| 1764 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 void | |
| 593 | 1767 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1768 { |
| 1769 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1770 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1773 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1774 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1775 } |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 /* | |
| 1778 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1779 */ | |
| 1780 void | |
| 593 | 1781 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1782 { |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 long newSize; | |
| 1785 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1786 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1787 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1788 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1789 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1790 | |
| 9 | 1791 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1792 |
| 1212 | 1793 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1794 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1795 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1796 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1799 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1800 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1801 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1802 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1803 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1804 } |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /* | |
| 1807 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 1809 static void | |
| 593 | 1810 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1811 { |
| 1812 Rect r; | |
| 1813 Point p; | |
| 1814 short thePart; | |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1817 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1818 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1819 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1820 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1821 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1822 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1823 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1826 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1829 return; | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1832 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1833 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1834 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1835 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1836 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1837 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1838 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1839 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1840 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1845 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1846 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1847 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1848 } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 /* | |
| 1851 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1852 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1853 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1854 */ | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 /* | |
| 1857 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1858 */ | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 void | |
| 593 | 1861 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1862 { |
| 1863 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1864 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1865 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1866 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1867 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1868 Rect rc; | |
| 1869 Rect growRect; | |
| 1870 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1874 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1875 return; | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1878 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1879 */ | |
| 1880 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1883 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1884 |
| 1885 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1886 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1887 |
| 1888 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1889 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1890 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1891 * to be updated. | |
| 1892 */ | |
| 1893 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1894 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1895 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1896 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1897 */ | |
| 1898 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1899 # endif | |
| 593 | 1900 |
| 7 | 1901 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1902 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1903 |
| 9 | 1904 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1905 # if 0 |
| 1906 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1907 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1908 */ | |
| 1909 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1910 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1911 # endif | |
| 1912 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1913 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1914 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1915 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1916 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1917 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1918 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1919 { | |
| 9 | 1920 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1921 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1922 } |
| 1923 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1924 { | |
| 9 | 1925 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1926 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1927 } |
| 1928 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 9 | 1930 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1931 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1932 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1933 } |
| 1934 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1935 { | |
| 9 | 1936 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1937 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1938 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1939 } |
| 9 | 1940 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1941 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1942 |
| 1943 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1944 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1945 |
| 1946 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1947 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1948 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1949 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1950 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1951 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1952 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1953 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1954 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1955 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1956 |
| 1957 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1958 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1959 } |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 /* | |
| 1962 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1963 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1964 */ | |
| 1965 void | |
| 593 | 1966 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1967 { |
| 1968 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1971 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1972 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1973 { |
| 1562 | 1974 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1975 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1976 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1977 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1978 else | |
| 1979 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1980 } |
| 1292 | 1981 |
| 1982 /* Activate */ | |
| 1983 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1984 } |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* | |
| 1988 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1989 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1990 */ | |
| 1991 void | |
| 593 | 1992 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1993 { |
| 1994 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 1997 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 1998 */ | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2001 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2002 */ |
| 2003 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2004 /* Resume */ | |
| 2005 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2006 else | |
| 2007 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2008 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2009 } | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 /* | |
| 2012 * Handle the key | |
| 2013 */ | |
| 168 | 2014 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2015 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2016 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2017 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2018 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2019 void *data) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2022 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2029 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2030 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2031 #endif | |
| 2032 return noErr; | |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2035 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) | |
| 2036 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2037 #endif | |
| 2038 return noErr; | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2046 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2047 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2048 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2049 void *data) | |
| 2050 { | |
| 2051 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2052 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2055 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2058 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2059 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2060 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2061 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2062 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2065 { | |
| 2066 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2067 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2068 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2069 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2072 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2073 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2074 break; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 static pascal | |
| 2081 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2082 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2083 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2086 } | |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2089 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2090 |
| 168 | 2091 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2092 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2093 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2094 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2095 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2096 { |
| 2097 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2098 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2099 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2100 UniChar *text; | |
| 2101 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2102 short len = 0; | |
| 2103 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2104 char charcode; | |
| 2105 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2106 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2107 size_t encLen; |
| 2108 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2109 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2110 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2111 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2112 |
| 2113 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2114 if (p_mh) | |
| 2115 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2116 | |
| 1012 | 2117 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2118 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2119 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2120 |
| 2121 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2122 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2123 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2124 |
| 2125 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2126 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2127 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2128 |
| 2129 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2130 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2131 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2134 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2135 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2138 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2139 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2142 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2143 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2146 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2147 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2148 | |
| 168 | 2149 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2150 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2151 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2152 #endif |
| 1012 | 2153 |
| 2154 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2155 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2158 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2159 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2162 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2163 { | |
| 2164 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2165 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2166 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2167 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2168 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2169 break; | |
| 2170 } | |
| 168 | 2171 } |
| 1012 | 2172 |
| 2173 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2174 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2175 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2176 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2177 |
| 2178 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2179 { | |
| 1562 | 2180 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2181 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2182 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2183 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2186 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2187 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2190 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2191 { | |
| 2192 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2193 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2194 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2197 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2198 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2199 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2202 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2203 } | |
| 1012 | 2204 } |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 1562 | 2208 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2209 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2210 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2211 } |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2214 { | |
| 1562 | 2215 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2216 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2217 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2218 } |
| 2219 else | |
| 2220 { | |
| 1562 | 2221 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2222 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2223 if (to) | |
| 2224 { | |
| 2225 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2226 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2229 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2232 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2233 } | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 vim_free(to); | |
| 2236 } | |
| 1012 | 2237 } |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2240 err = noErr; | |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 done: | |
| 2243 vim_free(text); | |
| 2244 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2245 { | |
| 1562 | 2246 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2247 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2248 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2249 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2250 } |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2253 } |
| 2254 #else | |
| 7 | 2255 void |
| 2256 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2257 { | |
| 2258 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2259 long menu; | |
| 2260 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2261 short num, i; | |
| 2262 short len = 0; | |
| 2263 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2264 int key_char; | |
| 2265 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2266 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2267 |
| 2268 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2269 if (p_mh) | |
| 2270 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */ | |
| 2273 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); | |
| 2274 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2275 num = 1; | |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2278 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2279 { |
| 7 | 2280 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2281 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2282 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2283 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2284 { | |
| 2285 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2286 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2287 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2288 else | |
| 2289 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2290 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2291 } | |
| 2292 } | |
| 7 | 2293 |
| 2294 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2295 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2296 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2297 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2300 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2301 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2302 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2303 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2304 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2305 { | |
| 2306 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2307 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2308 { | |
| 2309 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2310 return; | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 } | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2315 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2319 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2320 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2321 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2322 #endif | |
| 2323 { | |
| 2324 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2325 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2326 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2327 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2328 { | |
| 2329 # if 0 | |
| 2330 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2331 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2332 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2333 else | |
| 2334 # endif | |
| 9 | 2335 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2336 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2337 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2338 break; |
| 2339 } | |
| 2340 } | |
| 2341 | |
| 26 | 2342 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2343 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2344 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2345 |
| 2346 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2347 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2348 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2349 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2350 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2351 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2352 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2353 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2354 { | |
| 2355 #if 1 | |
| 2356 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2357 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2358 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2359 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2360 modifiers = 0; |
| 2361 #else | |
| 9 | 2362 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2363 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2364 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2365 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2366 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2367 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2368 #endif | |
| 2369 } | |
| 9 | 2370 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2371 { |
| 9 | 2372 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2373 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2374 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2375 } |
| 2376 | |
| 9 | 2377 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2378 { |
| 9 | 2379 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2380 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2381 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2382 } |
| 2383 else | |
| 2384 { | |
| 2385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9 | 2386 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2387 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2388 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2389 { |
| 2390 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2391 int l; | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2394 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2395 l = 1; | |
| 2396 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2397 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2398 { | |
| 2399 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2400 { | |
| 2401 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2404 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2405 } | |
| 2406 else | |
| 2407 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2408 } | |
| 2409 vim_free(to); | |
| 2410 } | |
| 2411 else | |
| 2412 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2413 } | |
| 2414 else | |
| 2415 #endif | |
| 2416 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2420 { | |
| 2421 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2422 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2423 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2427 } | |
| 168 | 2428 #endif |
| 7 | 2429 |
| 2430 /* | |
| 2431 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2432 */ | |
| 2433 void | |
| 593 | 2434 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2435 { |
| 2436 short thePart; | |
| 2437 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2438 | |
| 9 | 2439 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2440 |
| 1106 | 2441 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2442 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2443 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2444 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2445 return; |
| 1106 | 2446 #endif |
| 2447 | |
| 7 | 2448 switch (thePart) |
| 2449 { | |
| 2450 case (inDesk): | |
| 2451 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2452 break; | |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2455 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2456 break; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2459 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2460 break; |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2463 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2464 break; |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2467 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2468 break; |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2471 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2472 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2473 break; | |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2476 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2477 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2478 break; | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 /* | |
| 2483 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2484 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2485 */ | |
| 2486 void | |
| 593 | 2487 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2488 { |
| 2489 Point thePoint; | |
| 2490 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2493 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2494 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2497 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2498 else |
| 2499 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2500 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2501 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2504 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2505 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2506 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2507 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2510 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 } | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 /* | |
| 2515 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2516 */ | |
| 2517 void | |
| 593 | 2518 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2519 { |
| 2520 Point thePoint; | |
| 2521 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2524 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2525 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2526 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2527 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2528 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2529 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2530 |
| 2531 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2532 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2533 { | |
| 2534 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2535 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2536 } | |
| 9 | 2537 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2538 } |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2541 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2542 void *data) | |
| 2543 { | |
| 2544 Point point; | |
| 2545 Rect bounds; | |
| 2546 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2547 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2548 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2549 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2552 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2553 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2554 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2555 |
| 2556 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2557 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2558 goto bail; | |
| 2559 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2560 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2561 goto bail; | |
| 2562 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2563 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2564 goto bail; | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2567 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2568 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2569 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2570 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2571 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2572 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2575 { | |
| 2576 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2577 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2578 } | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2581 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2582 | |
| 1668 | 2583 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2584 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2585 | |
| 7 | 2586 return noErr; |
| 2587 | |
| 1107 | 2588 bail: |
| 7 | 2589 /* |
| 2590 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
| 2591 * it's actions | |
| 2592 */ | |
| 2593 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2596 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2597 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2598 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2599 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2600 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2601 |
| 7 | 2602 #if 0 |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 /* | |
| 2605 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2606 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2607 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2608 */ | |
| 2609 void | |
| 2610 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event) | |
| 2611 EventRecord *event; | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 /* | |
| 2614 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2615 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2616 * Call the procedure | |
| 2617 */ | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2620 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2623 return; | |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2628 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 4352 | 2629 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
| 9 | 2630 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2631 } |
| 2632 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2633 { | |
| 2634 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 } | |
| 2638 #endif | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 /* | |
| 2641 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2642 */ | |
| 2643 void | |
| 593 | 2644 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2645 { |
| 2646 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2647 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2648 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 if (item == 1) | |
| 2653 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2656 { | |
| 2657 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2660 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2661 } | |
| 9 | 2662 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2663 } |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 /* | |
| 2666 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2667 */ | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 void | |
| 593 | 2670 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2671 { |
| 2672 OSErr error; | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2675 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2676 { | |
| 7 | 2677 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2678 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2679 # else |
| 1562 | 2680 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2681 # endif |
| 1562 | 2682 return; |
| 1292 | 2683 } |
| 7 | 2684 |
| 2685 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2686 switch (event->what) | |
| 2687 { | |
| 168 | 2688 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2689 case (keyDown): |
| 2690 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2691 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2692 break; |
| 168 | 2693 #endif |
| 7 | 2694 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2695 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2696 break; |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2699 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2700 break; | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2703 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2704 break; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2707 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2708 break; |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2711 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2712 break; | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2715 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2716 break; |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 case (osEvt): | |
| 2719 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2720 { | |
| 2721 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2722 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2723 break; |
| 2724 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2725 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2726 break; |
| 2727 } | |
| 2728 break; | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2731 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2732 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2733 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2734 break; | |
| 2735 #endif | |
| 2736 } | |
| 2737 } | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 /* | |
| 2740 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2741 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2742 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2743 */ | |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2747 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2748 { |
| 2749 char_u c; | |
| 2750 char_u *p; | |
| 2751 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2752 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2753 short font_id; | |
| 2754 short size=9; | |
| 2755 GuiFont font; | |
| 2756 #if 0 | |
| 2757 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2758 #endif | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2761 ; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 c = *p; | |
| 2764 *p = 0; | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 #if 1 | |
| 2767 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2768 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2769 *p = c; | |
| 2770 | |
| 168 | 2771 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2772 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2773 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2774 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2775 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2778 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2779 font_id = 0; | |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2782 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2783 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2784 { | |
| 2785 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2786 font_id = 0; | |
| 2787 } | |
| 13 | 2788 |
| 2789 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2790 { | |
| 2791 /* | |
| 2792 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2793 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2794 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2795 */ | |
| 2796 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2799 { | |
| 2800 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2801 { | |
| 2802 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2803 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2804 } | |
| 2805 } | |
| 2806 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2807 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2808 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2809 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2812 font_id = 0; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 13 | 2814 } |
| 2815 | |
| 7 | 2816 #else |
| 2817 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2818 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2819 | |
| 9 | 2820 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2821 #endif |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2825 { | |
| 2826 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2827 | |
| 168 | 2828 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2829 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2830 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2831 return NOFONT; | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2834 { | |
| 2835 p++; | |
| 2836 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2837 while (*p) | |
| 2838 { | |
| 2839 switch (*p++) | |
| 2840 { | |
| 2841 case 'h': | |
| 2842 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2843 break; | |
| 2844 /* | |
| 2845 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2846 */ | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2849 p++; | |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 if (size < 1) | |
| 2854 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 return font; | |
| 2859 } | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 /* | |
| 2862 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2863 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2864 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2865 */ | |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 /* | |
| 2868 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2869 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2870 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2871 */ | |
| 2872 void | |
| 593 | 2873 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2874 { |
| 2875 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2876 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2877 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2878 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2879 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2880 long applDirID; | |
| 2881 Str255 volName; | |
| 2882 # else | |
| 2883 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2884 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2885 # endif | |
| 2886 #endif | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 #if 0 | |
| 2889 InitCursor(); | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2894 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2895 #endif | |
| 2896 | |
| 9 | 2897 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2902 |
| 2903 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2907 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2908 #else |
| 9 | 2909 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2910 #endif |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2914 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2915 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2916 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2917 |
| 2918 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2919 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2920 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2921 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2922 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2923 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2924 | |
| 9 | 2925 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2926 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2927 |
| 2928 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2929 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2930 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2931 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2932 #endif | |
| 2933 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2934 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2935 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2936 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2937 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2938 # else |
| 2939 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2940 * of TN2015 | |
| 2941 */ | |
| 9 | 2942 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2943 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2944 | |
| 9 | 2945 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2946 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2947 | |
| 9 | 2948 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2949 |
| 2950 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2951 # endif | |
| 9 | 2952 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2953 #endif |
| 2954 } | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2957 /* | |
| 2958 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2959 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2960 */ | |
| 2961 int | |
| 2962 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2965 * using the >console | |
| 2966 */ | |
| 2967 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2968 return FAIL; | |
| 2969 return OK; | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 #endif | |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2974 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2975 { |
| 2976 int x, y; | |
| 2977 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2978 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2979 int count; | |
| 2980 int i, j; | |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2983 { | |
| 2984 Point point; | |
| 2985 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2986 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2989 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2990 x = point.h; | |
| 2991 y = point.v; | |
| 2992 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2993 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2994 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2995 count = countItem; | |
| 2996 } | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 2999 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 3000 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 3003 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3004 { | |
| 3005 DragItemRef item; | |
| 3006 OSErr err; | |
| 3007 Size size; | |
| 3008 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3009 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3012 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3013 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3014 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3015 continue; | |
| 3016 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3017 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3018 continue; | |
| 3019 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3020 } | |
| 3021 count = j; | |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3024 |
| 3025 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3026 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3027 | |
| 7 | 3028 return noErr; |
| 3029 } | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 /* | |
| 3032 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3033 * etc. | |
| 3034 */ | |
| 3035 int | |
| 593 | 3036 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3037 { |
| 3038 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3039 Rect windRect; |
| 3040 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3041 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3042 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3043 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3044 |
| 3045 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3046 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3047 |
| 7 | 3048 #if 1 |
| 3049 InitCursor(); | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3054 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3055 #endif | |
| 3056 | |
| 9 | 3057 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3062 |
| 3063 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3067 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3068 #else |
| 9 | 3069 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3070 #endif |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3073 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3074 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3075 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3076 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3077 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3078 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3079 |
| 3080 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3081 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3082 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3083 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3084 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3085 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3086 | |
| 9 | 3087 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3088 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3089 |
| 13 | 3090 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3091 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3092 |
| 3093 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3094 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3095 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3096 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3097 #endif | |
| 3098 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3099 display_errors(); | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3102 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3103 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3104 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3107 * file). */ | |
| 3108 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 /* | |
| 3111 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3112 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3113 */ | |
| 3114 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3115 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3116 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3119 * changed them) */ | |
| 3120 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 /* | |
| 3123 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3124 */ | |
| 3125 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3126 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3127 #endif | |
| 3128 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3129 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3130 | |
| 1212 | 3131 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3132 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3133 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3134 |
| 7 | 3135 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3136 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3137 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3138 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3139 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3140 { | |
| 3141 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3142 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3143 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 | |
| 168 | 3146 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3147 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3148 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3151 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3154 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3157 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3158 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3159 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3160 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3161 }; | |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3164 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3165 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3166 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3167 { | |
| 168 | 3168 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3169 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3170 } | |
| 1562 | 3171 |
| 3172 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3173 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3174 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3175 }; | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3178 * deactivate */ | |
| 3179 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3180 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3181 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3182 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3183 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3186 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 168 | 3188 #endif |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 /* | |
| 7 | 3191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 168 | 3192 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); |
| 3193 #endif | |
| 3194 */ | |
| 7 | 3195 |
| 1106 | 3196 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3197 /* | |
| 3198 * Create the tabline | |
| 3199 */ | |
| 3200 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3201 #endif | |
| 3202 | |
| 7 | 3203 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3204 return OK; | |
| 3205 } | |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 /* | |
| 3208 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3209 */ | |
| 3210 void | |
| 593 | 3211 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3212 { |
| 3213 /* TODO: | |
| 3214 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3210 | 3215 * so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3216 */ |
| 3217 } | |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 /* | |
| 3220 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3221 */ | |
| 3222 int | |
| 593 | 3223 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3224 { |
| 3225 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3228 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 /* | |
| 3231 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3232 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3233 */ | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3236 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3237 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3238 } | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 return OK; | |
| 3241 } | |
| 3242 | |
| 1562 | 3243 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3244 static void | |
| 3245 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3246 { | |
| 3247 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3248 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3250 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3251 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3252 #endif | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 #endif | |
| 3255 | |
| 7 | 3256 void |
| 3257 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3258 { | |
| 3259 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3260 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3261 | |
| 168 | 3262 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3263 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3264 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3265 #endif | |
| 3266 | |
| 7 | 3267 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3268 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3269 | |
| 168 | 3270 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3271 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3272 #endif | |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3275 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3276 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3277 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3278 #endif |
| 3279 | |
| 7 | 3280 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3281 exit(rc); | |
| 3282 } | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 /* | |
| 3285 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3286 */ | |
| 3287 int | |
| 3288 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3289 { | |
| 3290 /* TODO */ | |
| 3291 Rect bounds; | |
| 3292 OSStatus status; | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3295 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3296 |
| 3297 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3298 return FAIL; | |
| 3299 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3300 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3301 return OK; | |
| 3302 } | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 /* | |
| 3305 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3306 * coordinates. | |
| 3307 */ | |
| 3308 void | |
| 3309 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3312 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3313 */ | |
| 1377 | 3314 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3315 } |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 void | |
| 3318 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3319 int width, | |
| 3320 int height, | |
| 3321 int min_width, | |
| 3322 int min_height, | |
| 3323 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3324 int base_height, |
| 3325 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3326 { |
| 3327 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3328 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3331 { | |
| 9 | 3332 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3333 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3334 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3335 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3336 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3337 } | |
| 3338 else | |
| 3339 { | |
| 9 | 3340 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3341 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3342 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3343 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3344 } |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3349 } | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 /* | |
| 3352 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3353 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3354 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3355 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3356 */ |
| 3357 void | |
| 593 | 3358 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3359 { |
| 3360 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3361 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3364 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3365 } | |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | |
| 13 | 3368 /* |
| 3369 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3370 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3371 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3372 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3373 */ | |
| 3374 static GuiFont | |
| 3375 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3378 OSStatus status; | |
| 3379 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3382 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3383 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3384 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3385 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3386 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3387 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3388 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3389 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3392 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3393 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3396 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3397 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 /* | |
| 3400 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3401 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3402 */ | |
| 3403 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3404 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 EventRecord e; | |
| 3407 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3408 } | |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3411 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3412 } | |
| 3413 return selected_font; | |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 | |
| 1562 | 3416 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3417 static void | |
| 3418 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3421 { | |
| 3422 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3423 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3424 } | |
| 3425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3426 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3427 { | |
| 3428 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3429 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3430 } | |
| 3431 #endif | |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 #endif | |
| 7 | 3436 |
| 3437 /* | |
| 3438 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3439 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3440 */ | |
| 3441 int | |
| 593 | 3442 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3443 { |
| 3444 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3445 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3446 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3447 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3448 short font_id; | |
| 3449 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3450 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3451 |
| 168 | 3452 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3453 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3454 #endif |
| 3455 | |
| 7 | 3456 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3457 { | |
| 3458 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3459 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3462 { | |
| 3463 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3464 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3465 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3466 } |
| 37 | 3467 else |
| 3468 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3469 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3470 } | |
| 13 | 3471 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3472 { | |
| 37 | 3473 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3476 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3477 return FAIL; | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3480 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3481 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3482 { | |
| 37 | 3483 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3484 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3485 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3486 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3487 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3488 { | |
| 3489 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3490 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 } | |
| 3493 } | |
| 7 | 3494 else |
| 3495 { | |
| 9 | 3496 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3497 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3498 |
| 3499 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3500 return FAIL; | |
| 3501 } | |
| 37 | 3502 |
| 7 | 3503 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3504 | |
| 37 | 3505 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3506 | |
| 9 | 3507 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3508 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3509 | |
| 189 | 3510 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3513 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3514 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3515 | |
| 168 | 3516 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3517 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3518 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3519 #endif |
| 3520 | |
| 7 | 3521 return OK; |
| 3522 } | |
| 3523 | |
| 444 | 3524 /* |
| 3525 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3526 */ | |
| 7 | 3527 int |
| 593 | 3528 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3529 { |
| 3530 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3531 | |
| 9 | 3532 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3533 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3534 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3535 return OK; | |
| 3536 } | |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 /* | |
| 3539 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3540 */ | |
| 3541 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3542 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3543 { |
| 3544 GuiFont font; | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
| 3551 EMSG2(_(e_font), name); | |
| 3552 return NOFONT; | |
| 3553 } | |
| 3554 /* | |
| 3555 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3556 */ | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 return font; | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 | |
| 44 | 3561 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3562 /* |
| 37 | 3563 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3564 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3565 */ | |
| 3566 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3567 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3568 { |
| 3569 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3570 return NULL; | |
| 3571 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3572 } | |
| 44 | 3573 #endif |
| 37 | 3574 |
| 1562 | 3575 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3576 static void | |
| 3577 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3578 { | |
| 3579 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3580 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3581 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3584 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3585 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3590 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3591 }; | |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3594 { | |
| 3595 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3596 sizeof(font) | |
| 3597 }; | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3600 { | |
| 3601 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3602 }; | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3605 { | |
| 3606 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3607 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3608 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3609 { | |
| 3610 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3611 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3612 # endif | |
| 3613 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3614 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3615 } | |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3618 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3621 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3622 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3625 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3626 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3629 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3630 } | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 #endif | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 } | |
| 3635 #endif | |
| 3636 | |
| 37 | 3637 /* |
| 7 | 3638 * Set the current text font. |
| 3639 */ | |
| 3640 void | |
| 593 | 3641 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3642 { |
| 168 | 3643 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3644 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3645 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3646 | |
| 842 | 3647 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3648 { |
| 3649 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3650 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3651 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3652 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3653 { |
| 3654 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3655 return; | |
| 3656 } | |
| 3657 | |
| 1562 | 3658 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3659 } |
| 3660 | |
| 842 | 3661 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3662 { |
| 3663 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3664 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3665 /* | |
| 3666 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3667 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3668 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3669 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3670 */ | |
| 3671 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3672 { | |
| 3673 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3674 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3677 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3678 0, | |
| 3679 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3680 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3681 { | |
| 1562 | 3682 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3683 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3684 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3685 } |
| 3686 /* | |
| 3687 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3688 */ | |
| 3689 } | |
| 3690 } | |
| 3691 #endif | |
| 7 | 3692 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3693 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 /* | |
| 3697 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3698 */ | |
| 3699 void | |
| 3700 gui_mch_free_font(font) | |
| 3701 GuiFont font; | |
| 3702 { | |
| 3703 /* | |
| 3704 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3705 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3706 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3707 */ | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 static int | |
| 593 | 3711 hex_digit(int c) |
| 7 | 3712 { |
| 3713 if (isdigit(c)) | |
| 3714 return c - '0'; | |
| 3715 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c); | |
| 3716 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') | |
| 3717 return c - 'a' + 10; | |
| 3718 return -1000; | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 /* | |
| 3722 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3723 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3724 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3725 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3726 */ | |
| 3727 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3728 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3729 { |
| 3730 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3731 */ | |
| 3732 RGBColor MacColor; | |
| 3733 // guicolor_T color = 0; | |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 typedef struct guicolor_tTable | |
| 3736 { | |
| 3737 char *name; | |
| 3738 guicolor_T color; | |
| 3739 } guicolor_tTable; | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 /* | |
| 3742 * The comment at the end of each line is the source | |
| 3743 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value | |
| 3744 */ | |
| 3745 static guicolor_tTable table[] = | |
| 3746 { | |
| 3747 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)}, | |
| 3748 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3749 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3750 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3751 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3752 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3753 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 834 | 3754 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ |
| 3755 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3756 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3757 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3758 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3759 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3760 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3761 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3762 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3763 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3764 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3765 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3766 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3767 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3768 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3769 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/ | |
| 818 | 3770 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ |
| 3771 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/ | |
| 7 | 3772 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, |
| 3773 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3774 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3775 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3776 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3777 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3778 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3779 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3780 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3781 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3782 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */ | |
| 3783 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3784 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3785 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3786 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3787 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3788 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/ | |
| 3789 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/ | |
| 3790 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/ | |
| 308 | 3791 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/ |
| 7 | 3792 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */ |
| 3793 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */ | |
| 3794 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */ | |
| 3795 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */ | |
| 3796 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/ | |
| 3797 }; | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 int r, g, b; | |
| 3800 int i; | |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7) | |
| 3803 { | |
| 3804 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */ | |
| 3805 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]); | |
| 3806 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]); | |
| 3807 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]); | |
| 3808 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0) | |
| 3809 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3810 return RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3811 } | |
| 3812 else | |
| 3813 { | |
| 9 | 3814 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3815 { |
| 9 | 3816 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
| 3817 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); | |
| 7 | 3818 } |
| 3819 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */ | |
| 3820 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++) | |
| 3821 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0) | |
| 3822 return table[i].color; | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 /* | |
| 3826 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt". | |
| 3827 */ | |
| 3828 { | |
| 3829 #define LINE_LEN 100 | |
| 3830 FILE *fd; | |
| 3831 char line[LINE_LEN]; | |
| 3832 char_u *fname; | |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt"); | |
| 3835 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 3836 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt"); | |
| 3839 vim_free(fname); | |
| 3840 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 3841 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 while (!feof(fd)) | |
| 3844 { | |
| 3845 int len; | |
| 3846 int pos; | |
| 3847 char *color; | |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd); | |
| 3850 len = strlen(line); | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n') | |
| 3853 continue; | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 line[len-1] = '\0'; | |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos); | |
| 3858 if (i != 3) | |
| 3859 continue; | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 color = line + pos; | |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 fclose(fd); | |
| 3866 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b); | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 fclose(fd); | |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 /* | |
| 3876 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3877 */ | |
| 3878 void | |
| 593 | 3879 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3880 { |
| 3881 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3884 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3885 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3886 | |
| 9 | 3887 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3888 } |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 /* | |
| 3891 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3892 */ | |
| 3893 void | |
| 593 | 3894 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3895 { |
| 3896 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3899 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3900 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3901 | |
| 9 | 3902 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3903 } |
| 3904 | |
| 563 | 3905 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3906 | |
| 212 | 3907 /* |
| 563 | 3908 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3909 */ |
| 3910 void | |
| 593 | 3911 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3912 { |
| 563 | 3913 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3914 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3915 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3916 } | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 /* | |
| 3919 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3920 */ | |
| 3921 static void | |
| 3922 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 856 | 3924 int x; |
| 3925 int offset; | |
| 3926 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3927 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3928 |
| 3929 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3932 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3933 | |
| 593 | 3934 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3935 { |
| 593 | 3936 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3937 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3938 } |
| 212 | 3939 } |
| 3940 | |
| 593 | 3941 |
| 3942 static void | |
| 3943 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3944 { |
| 3945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3946 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3951 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3952 s = tofree; | |
| 3953 } | |
| 3954 #endif | |
| 593 | 3955 |
| 7 | 3956 /* |
| 3957 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3958 */ | |
| 189 | 3959 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3960 { |
| 3961 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3962 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3963 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3964 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3965 } |
| 3966 | |
| 36 | 3967 /* |
| 3968 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3969 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3970 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3971 * underlining. | |
| 3972 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3973 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3974 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3975 */ | |
| 189 | 3976 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3977 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 Rect rc; | |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3982 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3984 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3985 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3986 { | |
| 3987 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3988 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3989 } |
| 3990 else | |
| 3991 #endif | |
| 36 | 3992 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 3993 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3994 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3995 } | |
| 3996 | |
| 189 | 3997 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3998 { |
| 3999 StyleParameter face; | |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 face = normal; | |
| 4002 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4003 face |= bold; | |
| 4004 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4005 face |= underline; | |
| 4006 TextFace(face); | |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 4009 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4012 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 4013 } | |
| 4014 else | |
| 4015 { | |
| 4016 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 4017 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 4018 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 4019 |
| 4020 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 9 | 4024 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 4025 } |
| 4026 | |
| 9 | 4027 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 4028 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4033 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 4034 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 4038 { | |
| 4039 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4040 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 4045 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4048 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 842 | 4052 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 4053 |
| 4054 static void | |
| 4055 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4056 { | |
| 4057 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 4058 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 4059 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 4060 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 4063 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 4064 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 4065 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 4066 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 4067 #endif | |
| 593 | 4068 /* |
| 4069 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 4070 * before drawing the text. | |
| 4071 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 4072 * underlining. | |
| 4073 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 4074 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 4075 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 4076 */ | |
| 4077 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 4078 { | |
| 4079 Rect rc; | |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 4082 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4083 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 4084 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4085 { | |
| 4086 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
4087 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 4088 } |
| 4089 else | |
| 4090 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 4093 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4094 } | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 { | |
| 4097 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 4098 TextFace(normal); | |
| 4099 | |
| 1562 | 4100 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 4101 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 4102 { | |
| 4103 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 4107 |
| 4108 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4109 { | |
| 4110 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 4111 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4112 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4113 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 4116 } | |
| 4117 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4118 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4119 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4120 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4121 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4122 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4123 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4124 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4125 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4126 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4127 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4128 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4129 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4130 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4131 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4132 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4133 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4134 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4135 |
| 1562 | 4136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4137 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 168 | 4138 { |
| 1562 | 4139 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 4140 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 4141 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4142 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4143 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 4146 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 4147 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 4148 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 4149 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 4150 /* | |
| 4151 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 4152 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4155 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4156 { | |
| 4157 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 4160 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4161 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4162 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4165 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4166 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4167 #endif | |
| 4168 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4169 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4172 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4173 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4174 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4178 } | |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4181 { | |
| 4182 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4183 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4184 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4185 #endif | |
| 4186 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4187 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4188 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 | |
| 168 | 4191 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4192 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4193 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4194 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4195 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4196 } | |
| 1562 | 4197 else |
| 4198 #endif | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4203 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4204 utf16_len, | |
| 4205 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4206 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4207 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4212 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4213 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 } | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4220 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4221 { | |
| 4222 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4225 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4226 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4229 attribValues); | |
| 4230 } | |
| 7 | 4231 } |
| 4232 | |
| 563 | 4233 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4234 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4235 | |
| 7 | 4236 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4237 } |
| 4238 #endif | |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 void | |
| 4241 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4244 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4245 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4246 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4247 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4248 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4249 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4250 | |
| 842 | 4251 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4252 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4253 else | |
| 7 | 4254 #endif |
| 842 | 4255 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4256 } |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 /* | |
| 4259 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4260 */ | |
| 4261 int | |
| 593 | 4262 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4263 { |
| 4264 int i; | |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4267 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4268 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4269 return OK; | |
| 4270 return FAIL; | |
| 4271 } | |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 void | |
| 593 | 4274 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4275 { |
| 9 | 4276 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4277 } |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 void | |
| 593 | 4280 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4281 { |
| 4282 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4283 Rect rc; | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 /* | |
| 4286 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4287 */ | |
| 4288 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4289 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4290 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4291 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4292 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4297 } | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 /* | |
| 4300 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4301 */ | |
| 4302 void | |
| 593 | 4303 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4304 { |
| 4305 Rect rc; | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 /* | |
| 4308 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4309 */ | |
| 4310 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4311 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4312 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4313 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4314 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4315 } | |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 /* | |
| 4318 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4319 */ | |
| 4320 void | |
| 593 | 4321 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4322 { |
| 4323 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4324 * -window shade? | |
| 4325 * -hide application? | |
| 4326 */ | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4330 /* | |
| 4331 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4332 */ | |
| 4333 void | |
| 593 | 4334 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4335 { |
| 4336 /* TODO */ | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 #endif | |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 /* | |
| 4341 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4342 */ | |
| 4343 void | |
| 593 | 4344 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4345 { |
| 4346 Rect rc; | |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 /* | |
| 4349 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4350 */ | |
| 4351 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4352 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4353 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4355 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 4356 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 4357 #endif | |
| 7 | 4358 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4361 | |
| 9 | 4362 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4363 } |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 /* | |
| 4366 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4367 */ | |
| 4368 void | |
| 593 | 4369 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4370 { |
| 4371 Rect rc; | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4374 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4375 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4376 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4377 else | |
| 4378 #endif | |
| 4379 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4380 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4381 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4382 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4385 | |
| 168 | 4386 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4387 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4388 } |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 /* | |
| 4393 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4394 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4395 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4396 * immediately. | |
| 4397 */ | |
| 4398 void | |
| 593 | 4399 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4400 { |
| 4401 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4402 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4403 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4404 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4405 * | |
| 4406 * if (eventther) | |
| 4407 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4408 */ | |
| 4409 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4410 | |
| 9 | 4411 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4412 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4413 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 /* | |
| 4417 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4418 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4419 */ | |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 pascal | |
| 4422 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4423 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4424 { |
| 4425 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4426 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4427 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4428 } | |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 /* | |
| 4431 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4432 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4433 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4434 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4435 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4436 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4437 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4438 */ | |
| 4439 int | |
| 593 | 4440 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4441 { |
| 4442 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4443 EventRecord event; | |
| 4444 long entryTick; | |
| 4445 long currentTick; | |
| 4446 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4449 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4450 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4451 */ | |
| 4452 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4453 return FAIL; | |
| 4454 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 do | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4463 { | |
| 4464 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4465 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4468 { | |
| 4469 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4470 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4471 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 /* | |
| 4474 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4475 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4476 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4477 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4478 */ | |
| 2585 | 4479 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4480 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4481 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4482 else |
| 4483 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4484 |
| 9 | 4485 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4486 { |
| 1562 | 4487 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4488 if (input_available()) |
| 4489 { | |
| 4490 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4491 return OK; | |
| 4492 } | |
| 4493 } | |
| 4494 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4495 } | |
| 4496 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4499 return FAIL; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 /* | |
| 4503 * Output routines. | |
| 4504 */ | |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4507 void | |
| 593 | 4508 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4509 { |
| 4510 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4511 } | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 /* | |
| 4514 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4515 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4516 */ | |
| 4517 void | |
| 593 | 4518 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4519 { |
| 4520 Rect rc; | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 /* | |
| 4523 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4524 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4525 */ | |
| 4526 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4527 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4528 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4529 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4532 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4533 } |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 /* | |
| 4536 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4537 */ | |
| 4538 void | |
| 593 | 4539 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4540 { |
| 4541 Rect rc; | |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4544 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4545 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4546 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4549 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4550 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4551 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4552 */ | |
| 4553 } | |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 /* | |
| 4556 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4557 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4558 */ | |
| 4559 void | |
| 593 | 4560 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4561 { |
| 4562 Rect rc; | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4565 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4566 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4567 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4568 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4571 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4572 |
| 4573 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4574 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4575 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 /* | |
| 4579 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4580 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4581 */ | |
| 4582 void | |
| 593 | 4583 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4584 { |
| 4585 Rect rc; | |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4588 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4589 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4590 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4593 | |
| 9 | 4594 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4595 |
| 4596 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4597 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4598 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4599 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4600 { | |
| 4601 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4602 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4603 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4604 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4605 } | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4608 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 /* | |
| 4612 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4613 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4614 */ | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 void | |
| 593 | 4617 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4618 { |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4621 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4622 Size scrapSize; |
| 4623 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4624 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4625 OSStatus error; | |
| 4626 int type; | |
| 4627 char *searchCR; | |
| 4628 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | |
| 9 | 4631 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4632 if (error != noErr) |
| 4633 return; | |
| 4634 | |
| 9 | 4635 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4636 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4637 { | |
| 4638 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4639 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4640 flavor = 1; | |
| 4641 } | |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4644 { | |
| 838 | 4645 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4646 if (error != noErr) |
| 4647 return; | |
| 4648 | |
| 838 | 4649 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4650 if (error != noErr) |
| 4651 return; | |
| 4652 } | |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4655 |
| 838 | 4656 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4657 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4660 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4661 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4662 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4663 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4664 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 if (flavor) | |
| 4667 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4668 else | |
| 2896 | 4669 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4670 |
| 4671 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4672 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4673 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4674 |
| 766 | 4675 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4676 { |
| 168 | 4677 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4678 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4679 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4680 |
| 4681 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4682 { |
| 168 | 4683 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4684 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4685 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4686 } |
| 838 | 4687 } |
| 7 | 4688 #endif |
| 502 | 4689 |
| 838 | 4690 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4691 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4692 { | |
| 4693 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4694 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4695 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4696 } |
| 838 | 4697 |
| 4698 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4701 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4704 } |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 void | |
| 593 | 4707 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4708 { |
| 4709 /* | |
| 4710 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4711 */ | |
| 4712 } | |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 int | |
| 593 | 4715 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4716 { |
| 4717 return OK; | |
| 4718 } | |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 /* | |
| 4721 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4722 */ | |
| 4723 void | |
| 593 | 4724 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4725 { |
| 4726 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4727 long scrapSize; | |
| 4728 int type; | |
| 4729 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4734 return; | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 /* | |
| 4739 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4740 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4741 */ | |
| 4742 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4743 | |
| 838 | 4744 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4745 |
| 766 | 4746 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4747 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4748 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4749 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4750 { |
| 168 | 4751 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4752 vim_free(str); | |
| 4753 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4754 } |
| 4755 #endif | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4758 { | |
| 4759 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4760 |
| 9 | 4761 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4762 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4763 | |
| 9 | 4764 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4765 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4766 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4767 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4768 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4769 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4770 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4771 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4772 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4773 } | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 vim_free(str); | |
| 4776 } | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 void | |
| 593 | 4779 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4780 { |
| 4781 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4782 | |
| 9 | 4783 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4784 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4789 } | |
| 4790 else | |
| 4791 { | |
| 4792 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4796 | |
| 9 | 4797 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4798 } |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 /* | |
| 4801 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4802 */ | |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 void | |
| 593 | 4805 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4806 { |
| 4807 /* | |
| 444 | 4808 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4809 */ |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 void | |
| 593 | 4813 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4814 { |
| 4815 /* | |
| 444 | 4816 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4817 */ |
| 4818 } | |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 /* | |
| 4821 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4822 */ | |
| 4823 void | |
| 593 | 4824 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4825 { |
| 4826 /* | |
| 4827 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4828 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4829 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4830 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4831 */ | |
| 4832 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4833 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 593 | 4834 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4835 CFStringRef name; |
| 4836 #else | |
| 7 | 4837 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4838 #endif |
| 7 | 4839 short index; |
| 4840 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4841 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4844 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4845 return; | |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4848 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4849 return; | |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4852 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4853 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4856 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4857 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4860 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4861 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4864 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4865 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4866 #else | |
| 7 | 4867 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4868 #endif |
| 7 | 4869 if (name == NULL) |
| 4870 return; | |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4873 { | |
| 4874 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4875 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4876 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4877 */ |
| 4878 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 593 | 4879 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4880 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4881 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 4882 #else | |
| 9 | 4883 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name); |
| 168 | 4884 #endif |
| 7 | 4885 next_avail_id++; |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4893 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4894 */ | |
| 4895 | |
| 593 | 4896 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4897 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4898 #if 1 |
| 4899 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4900 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4901 #endif | |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 else | |
| 4904 { | |
| 4905 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4906 | |
| 9 | 4907 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4908 |
| 4909 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4910 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4911 */ | |
| 4912 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 593 | 4913 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4914 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4915 #else | |
| 7 | 4916 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4917 #endif |
| 7 | 4918 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4919 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4920 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 | |
| 593 | 4923 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4924 CFRelease(name); |
| 4925 #else | |
| 9 | 4926 vim_free(name); |
| 168 | 4927 #endif |
| 7 | 4928 |
| 4929 #if 0 | |
| 4930 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4931 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4932 #endif | |
| 4933 } | |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 /* | |
| 4936 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4937 */ | |
| 4938 void | |
| 593 | 4939 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4940 { |
| 593 | 4941 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4942 CFStringRef name; |
| 4943 #else | |
| 7 | 4944 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4945 #endif |
| 7 | 4946 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4947 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4950 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4951 return; | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4954 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4957 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4958 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4959 #else | |
| 7 | 4960 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4961 #endif |
| 7 | 4962 |
| 4963 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4964 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4965 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4968 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4969 { | |
| 4970 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4971 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4972 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4973 */ | |
| 4974 int key = 0; | |
| 4975 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4976 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
| 1776 | 4979 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4980 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4981 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4982 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4983 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4984 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4985 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4986 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4987 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4988 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4989 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4990 */ | |
| 4991 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4994 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4995 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4996 */ | |
| 4997 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4998 key += '@'; | |
| 4999 } | |
| 5000 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 5001 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 5002 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 5003 */ | |
| 5004 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 5005 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 5006 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 5007 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 5008 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 5009 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 5010 { | |
| 5011 int valid = 1; | |
| 5012 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 5013 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 5014 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 5015 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 5016 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 5017 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 5018 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 5019 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 5020 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 5021 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 5022 if (valid) | |
| 5023 { | |
| 5024 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 5025 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 5026 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 5027 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 5028 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 5029 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 5030 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 5031 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 5032 } | |
| 5033 } | |
| 5034 } | |
| 5035 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 5036 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 5037 */ | |
| 5038 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 5039 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 5040 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 593 | 5041 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5042 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 5043 #else | |
| 7 | 5044 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 5045 #endif |
| 7 | 5046 |
| 5047 #if 0 | |
| 5048 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 5049 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5050 #endif | |
| 5051 | |
| 593 | 5052 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 5053 CFRelease(name); |
| 5054 #else | |
| 7 | 5055 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */ |
| 5056 vim_free(name); | |
| 168 | 5057 #endif |
| 7 | 5058 } |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 void | |
| 593 | 5061 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 5062 { |
| 5063 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 5064 } | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 /* | |
| 5067 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 5068 */ | |
| 5069 void | |
| 593 | 5070 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5071 { |
| 9 | 5072 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5073 |
| 5074 if (index > 0) | |
| 5075 { | |
| 5076 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5080 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 5081 |
| 5082 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 5083 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 5084 { | |
| 9 | 5085 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5086 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5087 } |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 } | |
| 5090 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 5091 else | |
| 5092 { | |
| 9 | 5093 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 5094 } |
| 5095 #endif | |
| 5096 } | |
| 5097 else | |
| 5098 { | |
| 5099 { | |
| 9 | 5100 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 5101 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 5102 } |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 5105 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5106 } | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 /* | |
| 5109 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 5110 */ | |
| 5111 void | |
| 593 | 5112 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 5113 { |
| 5114 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 5115 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 5116 /* |
| 5117 index = menu->index; | |
| 5118 */ | |
| 5119 if (grey) | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 if (menu->children) | |
| 5122 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5123 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5124 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5125 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5126 } | |
| 5127 else | |
| 5128 { | |
| 5129 if (menu->children) | |
| 5130 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5131 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5132 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5133 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5134 } | |
| 5135 } | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 /* | |
| 5138 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 5139 */ | |
| 5140 void | |
| 593 | 5141 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 5142 { |
| 5143 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 5144 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 5145 } |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 /* | |
| 5149 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 5150 */ | |
| 5151 void | |
| 593 | 5152 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 5153 { |
| 5154 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 /* | |
| 5159 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 5160 */ | |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 void | |
| 593 | 5163 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 5164 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5165 int flag) | |
| 7 | 5166 { |
| 5167 if (flag) | |
| 5168 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 5169 else | |
| 5170 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5173 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 5174 #endif |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 void | |
| 593 | 5178 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 5179 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5180 long val, | |
| 5181 long size, | |
| 5182 long max) | |
| 7 | 5183 { |
| 5184 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 5185 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 5186 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 5187 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 5188 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5189 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 5190 #endif |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 void | |
| 593 | 5194 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5195 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5196 int x, | |
| 5197 int y, | |
| 5198 int w, | |
| 5199 int h) | |
| 7 | 5200 { |
| 5201 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5202 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5203 { | |
| 9 | 5204 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5205 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5206 } |
| 5207 else | |
| 5208 { | |
| 9 | 5209 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5210 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5211 }*/ |
| 5212 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5213 h += 1; | |
| 5214 else | |
| 5215 w += 1; | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5218 x -= 15; | |
| 5219 | |
| 9 | 5220 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5221 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5222 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5223 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5224 #endif |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 void | |
| 593 | 5228 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5229 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5230 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5231 { |
| 5232 Rect bounds; | |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5235 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5236 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5237 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5238 | |
| 9 | 5239 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5240 &bounds, |
| 5241 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5242 TRUE, | |
| 5243 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5244 0, /* top */ | |
| 5245 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5246 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5247 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5248 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5249 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5250 #endif |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 void | |
| 593 | 5254 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5255 { |
| 5256 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5257 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5258 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5259 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5260 #endif |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 /* | |
| 5265 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5266 * | |
| 5267 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5268 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5269 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5270 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5271 */ | |
| 5272 void | |
| 5273 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5276 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5277 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5278 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 /* | |
| 5282 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5283 */ | |
| 5284 void | |
| 593 | 5285 gui_mch_stop_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5286 { |
| 5287 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5288 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5289 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5290 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5291 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5292 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 /* | |
| 5296 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5297 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5298 */ | |
| 5299 void | |
| 593 | 5300 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5301 { |
| 5302 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5303 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5304 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5307 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5308 { | |
| 5309 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5310 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5311 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5312 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5313 }*/ | |
| 5314 } | |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 /* | |
| 5317 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5318 */ | |
| 5319 long_u | |
| 5320 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) | |
| 5321 { | |
| 5322 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel); | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5328 /* | |
| 5329 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5330 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5331 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5332 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5333 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5334 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5335 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5336 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5337 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5338 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5339 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5340 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5341 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5342 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5343 * | |
| 5344 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5345 */ | |
| 5346 char_u * | |
| 5347 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5348 int saving, | |
| 5349 char_u *title, | |
| 5350 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5351 char_u *ext, | |
| 5352 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5353 char_u *filter) | |
| 5354 { | |
| 4352 | 5355 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 5356 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5357 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5358 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5359 long numFiles; | |
| 5360 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5361 OSErr error; | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5364 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5365 |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5368 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5369 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5370 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5371 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5372 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5373 | |
| 9 | 5374 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5375 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5376 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5377 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5378 */ | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 if (saving) | |
| 5381 { | |
| 5382 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5383 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5384 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5385 return NULL; | |
| 5386 } | |
| 5387 else | |
| 5388 { | |
| 5389 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5390 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5391 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5392 return NULL; | |
| 5393 } | |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5396 | |
| 9 | 5397 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5398 |
| 5399 if (fnames) | |
| 5400 { | |
| 5401 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5402 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5403 } | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5406 return fname; | |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5411 /* | |
| 5412 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5413 */ | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 /* | |
| 5416 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5417 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5418 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5419 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5420 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5421 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5422 * | |
| 5423 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5424 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5425 * | |
| 5426 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5427 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5428 * | |
| 5429 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5430 */ | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 typedef struct | |
| 5433 { | |
| 5434 short idx; | |
| 5435 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5436 Rect box; | |
| 5437 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 static void | |
| 5442 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5443 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5444 short itemNumber, | |
| 5445 short X, | |
| 5446 short Y, | |
| 5447 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5448 { | |
| 5449 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5450 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5451 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5452 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5453 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5454 #else |
| 5455 short itemType; | |
| 5456 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5457 Rect localBox; | |
| 5458 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5461 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5462 | |
| 9 | 5463 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5464 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5465 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5466 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5467 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5468 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5469 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5470 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5471 #endif |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 static void | |
| 5475 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5476 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5477 short itemNumber, | |
| 5478 short width, | |
| 5479 short height) | |
| 5480 { | |
| 5481 short itemType; | |
| 5482 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5483 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5484 | |
| 9 | 5485 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5486 |
| 5487 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5488 if (width == 0) | |
| 5489 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5490 if (height == 0) | |
| 5491 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5494 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5495 #else |
| 5496 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5497 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5498 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5501 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5502 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5503 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5504 |
| 5505 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5506 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5507 #endif |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 static void | |
| 5511 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5512 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5513 short itemNumber, | |
| 5514 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5515 { | |
| 5516 short itemType; | |
| 5517 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5518 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5519 | |
| 9 | 5520 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5521 |
| 5522 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5523 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5524 else |
| 9 | 5525 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5526 } |
| 5527 | |
| 1572 | 5528 |
| 5529 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5530 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5531 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5532 */ | |
| 5533 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5534 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5535 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5536 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5537 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5538 { | |
| 5539 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5542 { | |
| 5543 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5546 { | |
| 5547 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5548 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5549 #endif | |
| 5550 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5553 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5554 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5555 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5556 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5557 */ | |
| 5558 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5561 } | |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5564 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5565 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5568 } | |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | |
| 593 | 5571 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5572 * (Jussi) | |
| 5573 */ | |
| 7 | 5574 int |
| 5575 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5576 int type, | |
| 5577 char_u *title, | |
| 5578 char_u *message, | |
| 5579 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5580 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5581 char_u *textfield, |
| 5582 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5583 { |
| 5584 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5585 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5586 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5587 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5588 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5589 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5590 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5591 char_u len; | |
| 5592 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5593 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5594 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5595 short itemHit; | |
| 5596 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5597 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5598 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5599 Rect box; |
| 5600 short button; | |
| 5601 short lastButton; | |
| 5602 short itemType; | |
| 5603 short useIcon; | |
| 5604 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5605 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5606 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5607 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5608 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5609 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5610 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5611 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5612 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 short vertical; | |
| 5615 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5616 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5617 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5620 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5621 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5622 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5625 | |
| 1572 | 5626 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5627 | |
| 7 | 5628 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5629 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5632 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5633 |
| 5634 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5635 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5638 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5639 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5640 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5641 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5642 */ | |
| 9 | 5643 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5644 |
| 5645 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5646 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5647 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5648 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5649 |
| 5650 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5651 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5652 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5653 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5656 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5657 { | |
| 9 | 5658 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5659 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5660 } |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5663 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5664 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5665 button = 0; | |
| 5666 | |
| 1572 | 5667 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5668 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5669 |
| 7 | 5670 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5671 { | |
| 5672 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5673 button++; | |
| 5674 len = 0; | |
| 5675 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5676 { | |
| 5677 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5678 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5679 else |
| 5680 { | |
| 5681 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5682 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5683 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5684 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5685 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5686 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5687 #endif | |
| 5688 } | |
| 7 | 5689 } |
| 1572 | 5690 |
| 7 | 5691 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5692 buttonChar++; | |
| 5693 name[0] = len; | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5696 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5697 |
| 5698 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5699 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5700 |
| 5701 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5702 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 4352 | 5703 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 7 | 5704 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
| 5705 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5706 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5707 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5708 |
| 5709 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5712 widestButton = width; | |
| 5713 } | |
| 9 | 5714 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5715 lastButton = button; |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5718 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5719 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5720 switch (type) |
| 5721 { | |
| 2585 | 5722 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5723 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5724 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5725 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5726 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5727 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5728 } |
| 9 | 5729 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5730 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5731 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5732 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5733 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5734 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5735 |
| 5736 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5737 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5738 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5739 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5740 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5741 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5742 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5743 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5744 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5745 |
| 5746 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5747 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5748 { | |
| 857 | 5749 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5750 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5751 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5752 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5753 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5754 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5755 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5756 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5757 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5758 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5759 |
| 5760 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5761 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5762 } |
| 1572 | 5763 else |
| 5764 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5765 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5766 |
| 5767 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5768 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5769 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5770 |
| 5771 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5774 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5775 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5778 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5779 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5780 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5783 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5784 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5785 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5786 |
| 5787 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5788 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5789 { | |
| 5790 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5791 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5792 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5793 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5794 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5795 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5796 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5797 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5798 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5799 } | |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5802 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5805 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5806 } | |
| 5807 else | |
| 5808 { | |
| 5809 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5810 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5811 } | |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5814 { | |
| 5815 | |
| 9 | 5816 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5817 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5818 if (vertical) |
| 5819 { | |
| 9 | 5820 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5821 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5822 } |
| 5823 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5824 if (vertical) | |
| 5825 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5826 else | |
| 5827 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5828 } | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5831 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5832 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5835 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5836 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 /* Display it */ | |
| 5839 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5840 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5841 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5842 | |
| 9 | 5843 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5844 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5845 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5846 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5847 #endif |
| 5848 | |
| 857 | 5849 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5850 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5851 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5852 #endif | |
| 5853 | |
| 1572 | 5854 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5855 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5856 | |
| 7 | 5857 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5858 do | |
| 5859 { | |
| 1572 | 5860 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5861 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5862 | |
| 857 | 5863 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5864 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5865 #endif | |
| 5866 | |
| 7 | 5867 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5868 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5869 { | |
| 9 | 5870 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5871 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5872 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5873 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5874 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5875 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5876 #endif | |
| 418 | 5877 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5878 } |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5881 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5882 |
| 1572 | 5883 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5884 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5885 | |
| 4352 | 5886 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5887 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5888 |
| 5889 return itemHit; | |
| 5890 /* | |
| 2585 | 5891 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5892 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5893 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5894 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5895 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5896 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5897 */ |
| 5898 } | |
| 5899 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 /* | |
| 5902 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5903 */ | |
| 5904 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5905 void | |
| 593 | 5906 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5907 { |
| 5908 char *p; | |
| 5909 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5910 | |
| 593 | 5911 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5912 return; | |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5915 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5916 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5917 { | |
| 5918 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5919 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5920 else | |
| 5921 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5924 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5925 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5926 break; | |
| 5927 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5928 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5929 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5930 */ | |
| 5931 } | |
| 5932 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5933 } |
| 5934 #endif | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 /* | |
| 87 | 5937 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5938 */ |
| 95 | 5939 void |
| 5940 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5941 { |
| 5942 Point where; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5945 | |
| 87 | 5946 *x = where.h; |
| 5947 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5948 } |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 void | |
| 593 | 5951 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5952 { |
| 5953 /* TODO */ | |
| 5954 #if 0 | |
| 5955 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5958 Point where; | |
| 5959 | |
| 9 | 5960 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5961 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5962 { |
| 5963 /* New way */ | |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 /* | |
| 4352 | 5966 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5967 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5968 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5969 * |
| 5970 */ | |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 do | |
| 5975 { | |
| 5976 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5977 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5978 } | |
| 9 | 5979 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5982 } |
| 5983 else | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 /* Old way */ | |
| 5986 where.h = x; | |
| 5987 where.v = y; | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5990 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5991 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5992 } | |
| 5993 #endif | |
| 5994 } | |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 void | |
| 593 | 5997 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5998 { |
| 5999 /* | |
| 6000 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 6001 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 6002 * Call the procedure | |
| 6003 */ | |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 6006 Point where; | |
| 6007 OSStatus status; | |
| 6008 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 6009 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 6010 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 6011 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 6012 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 6015 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 6018 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 6019 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 6024 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 6025 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6026 |
| 6027 if (status == noErr) | |
| 6028 { | |
| 6029 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6030 { | |
| 6031 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 6032 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 6033 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 6034 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 6035 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 6036 } |
| 6037 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 6038 { | |
| 6039 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 6040 } | |
| 6041 } | |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 6044 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 6045 } |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6048 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 6049 void | |
| 6050 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 6051 { | |
| 9 | 6052 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 6053 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 6054 } |
| 6055 #endif | |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 6058 /* | |
| 6059 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 6060 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 6061 */ | |
| 6062 void | |
| 593 | 6063 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 6064 { |
| 6065 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 6066 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 6067 */ | |
| 766 | 6068 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6069 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 6070 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 6071 #else | |
| 7 | 6072 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 6073 #endif |
| 7 | 6074 |
| 6075 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 6076 return; | |
| 6077 | |
| 766 | 6078 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 6079 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 6080 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 6081 |
| 6082 if (windowTitle) | |
| 6083 { | |
| 6084 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 6085 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 6086 } | |
| 6087 #else | |
| 7 | 6088 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 6089 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 6090 { | |
| 6091 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 6092 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 6093 } | |
| 168 | 6094 #endif |
| 7 | 6095 } |
| 6096 #endif | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 /* | |
| 2585 | 6099 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 6100 */ |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 int | |
| 593 | 6103 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 6104 { |
| 6105 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 6106 int len; | |
| 6107 int i; | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 6110 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 6111 return 0; | |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 6114 if (len > 255) | |
| 6115 len = 255; | |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 6118 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 return 0; | |
| 6123 } | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 int | |
| 593 | 6126 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 6127 { |
| 6128 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 6129 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 6130 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 6131 OSErr err; | |
| 6132 | |
| 9 | 6133 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 6134 |
| 6135 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 6136 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 6137 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6138 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 6139 | |
| 9 | 6140 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6141 |
| 6142 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 6143 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 6144 |
| 6145 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 6146 return 0; | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 /* | |
| 4352 | 6150 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 6151 */ |
| 6152 | |
| 9 | 6153 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 6154 { |
| 6155 /* | |
| 6156 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 6157 */ | |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 6160 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 6161 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 6162 OSErr error; | |
| 6163 int folder = 1; | |
| 6164 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6165 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 6166 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 6167 FSRef refFile; | |
| 6168 OSStatus status; | |
| 6169 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 6170 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 6171 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 6172 #else | |
| 6173 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 6174 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 6175 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 6176 #endif | |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6179 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 6180 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6181 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6182 |
| 6183 if (error) | |
| 6184 return NULL; | |
| 6185 #endif | |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6188 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6189 |
| 6190 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6191 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6192 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6193 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6194 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6195 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6198 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6199 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6200 |
| 6201 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6202 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6203 return NULL; | |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6206 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6207 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6208 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6209 else | |
| 6210 folder = 1; | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6213 /* | |
| 4352 | 6214 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 6215 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 6216 */ |
| 6217 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6218 { | |
| 6219 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6220 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6221 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6222 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6223 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6224 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6225 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6226 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6227 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6228 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6229 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6230 if (error) | |
| 6231 return NULL; | |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6234 if (error) | |
| 6235 return NULL; | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6238 if (status) | |
| 6239 return NULL; | |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6242 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 else | |
| 6245 { | |
| 6246 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6247 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6248 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6249 if (error) |
| 6250 return NULL; | |
| 6251 | |
| 9 | 6252 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6253 if (status) |
| 6254 return NULL; | |
| 6255 } | |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6258 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6259 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6262 #else |
| 6263 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6264 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6265 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6268 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6269 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6270 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6271 | |
| 9 | 6272 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6273 do |
| 6274 { | |
| 6275 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6276 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6277 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6278 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6279 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6282 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6283 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6284 |
| 6285 if (error) | |
| 6286 return NULL; | |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6289 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6290 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6291 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6292 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6293 } | |
| 6294 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6295 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6296 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6297 #else | |
| 6298 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6299 #endif | |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6302 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6303 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6304 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6305 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6306 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6309 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6310 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6311 |
| 6312 if (error) | |
| 6313 return NULL; | |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6316 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6317 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6318 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6319 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6320 #endif | |
| 6321 { | |
| 6322 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6323 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6324 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6325 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6326 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6329 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6330 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6331 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6332 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6333 #endif | |
| 6334 } | |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6337 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6338 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6339 |
| 6340 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6341 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6342 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6343 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6344 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6345 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6346 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6347 { | |
| 6348 char *p; | |
| 6349 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6350 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6351 *p = '/'; | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 #endif | |
| 6354 | |
| 9 | 6355 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6356 #endif |
| 6357 } | |
| 6358 | |
| 1562 | 6359 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) |
| 7 | 6360 /* |
| 6361 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6362 */ | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 /* | |
| 6365 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6366 */ | |
| 6367 void | |
| 6368 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6369 { | |
| 1562 | 6370 #if 0 |
| 7 | 6371 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6372 im_start_row = row; |
| 6373 im_start_col = col; | |
| 6374 #endif | |
| 6375 } | |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6378 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6379 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6382 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6383 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 static void | |
| 6388 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6389 { | |
| 6390 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6391 OSStatus err; | |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6394 return; | |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6397 { | |
| 6398 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6401 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6402 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6403 } | |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6406 { | |
| 6407 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6408 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6409 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 if (slptr) | |
| 6412 { | |
| 6413 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6414 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6415 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6416 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6419 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6420 } | |
| 6421 } | |
| 6422 else | |
| 6423 { | |
| 6424 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6425 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6426 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 if (slptr) | |
| 6429 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6430 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6433 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6434 } | |
| 7 | 6435 } |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 /* | |
| 6438 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6439 */ | |
| 6440 void | |
| 6441 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6442 { | |
| 1562 | 6443 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6444 OSStatus err; | |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6447 return; | |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6450 { | |
| 6451 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6454 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6455 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6456 } | |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6459 { | |
| 6460 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6461 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6462 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 if (slptr) | |
| 6465 { | |
| 6466 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6467 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6468 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6469 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6472 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6473 } | |
| 6474 } | |
| 6475 else | |
| 6476 { | |
| 6477 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6478 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6479 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 if (slptr) | |
| 6482 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6483 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6486 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6487 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6488 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6489 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6492 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6493 } | |
| 7 | 6494 } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 /* | |
| 6497 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6498 */ | |
| 6499 int | |
| 593 | 6500 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6501 { |
| 1562 | 6502 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6503 return 0; | |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6506 } |
| 1106 | 6507 |
| 7 | 6508 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */ |
| 1106 | 6509 |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6514 // drawer implementation | |
| 6515 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6516 enum | |
| 6517 { | |
| 6518 kTabContextMenuId = 42, | |
| 6519 }; | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6522 static CFStringRef | |
| 6523 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6524 { | |
| 6525 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6526 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6527 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6528 #else |
| 6529 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6530 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6531 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6532 #endif | |
| 6533 } | |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | |
| 6536 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6537 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6542 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6543 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6544 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6545 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6546 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6547 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 enum | |
| 6550 { | |
| 6551 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6552 }; | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 static int | |
| 6555 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6556 { | |
| 6557 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6558 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 1562 | 6561 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6562 return numTabs; |
| 6563 } | |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6566 static OSStatus | |
| 6567 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6568 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6569 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6570 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6571 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6572 { | |
| 6573 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6576 | |
| 4352 | 6577 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6578 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6579 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6580 // internalData(); | |
| 6581 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6586 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6587 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6588 } | |
| 6589 else | |
| 6590 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 return status; | |
| 6593 } | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 // data browser action callback | |
| 6596 static void | |
| 6597 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6598 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6599 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6600 { | |
| 6601 switch (message) | |
| 6602 { | |
| 6603 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6604 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6605 break; | |
| 6606 } | |
| 6607 } | |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6610 static void | |
| 6611 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6612 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6613 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6614 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6615 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6616 { |
| 6617 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6618 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6619 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6622 } | |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 static void | |
| 6625 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6626 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6627 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6628 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6629 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6630 { | |
| 6631 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6632 { | |
| 6633 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6634 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6637 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6638 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6639 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6640 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6641 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6642 { | |
| 6643 int numItems; | |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6646 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6647 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6648 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6649 { | |
| 6650 int idx; | |
| 6651 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 HLock(items); | |
| 6654 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6655 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6656 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6657 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6658 } | |
| 6659 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6660 } | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 } | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6665 static OSStatus | |
| 6666 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6667 { | |
| 6668 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6669 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 return paramErr; | |
| 6672 } | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6676 static OSStatus | |
| 6677 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6678 { | |
| 6679 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6680 { | |
| 6681 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6682 { | |
| 6683 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6684 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6685 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6686 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6687 { | |
| 6688 Rect r; | |
| 6689 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6690 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6691 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6692 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6693 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6694 } | |
| 6695 } | |
| 6696 break; | |
| 6697 } | |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6700 } | |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6703 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6704 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 static OSStatus | |
| 6712 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6713 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6714 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 long osVersion; | |
| 6717 char *symbolName; | |
| 6718 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6719 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6720 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6723 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6724 return noErr; | |
| 6725 | |
| 6726 // C name mangling... | |
| 6727 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6728 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6729 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6730 return noErr; | |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6733 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6734 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6735 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6736 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6737 } | |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 static void | |
| 6740 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6741 { | |
| 6742 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6743 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6744 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6745 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6746 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6747 | |
| 6748 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6749 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6750 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6751 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6752 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6753 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6754 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6757 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6758 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6762 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6763 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6766 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6767 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6768 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6769 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6770 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6771 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6772 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6773 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6774 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6779 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6780 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6781 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6782 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6783 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6784 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6785 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6786 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6789 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6790 // function dynamically) | |
| 6791 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6792 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6795 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6796 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6799 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6800 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6803 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6804 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6807 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6810 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6811 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6812 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6813 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6814 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6815 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6816 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6821 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
| 6819 | 6822 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 6823 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, | |
| 1106 | 6824 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6825 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6826 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6827 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6828 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6829 } | |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 /* | |
| 6833 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6834 */ | |
| 6835 void | |
| 6836 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 6838 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6839 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6840 else |
| 1562 | 6841 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6842 } |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 /* | |
| 6845 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6846 */ | |
| 6847 int | |
| 6848 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6849 { | |
| 6850 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6853 } | |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 /* | |
| 6856 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6857 */ | |
| 6858 void | |
| 6859 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6860 { | |
| 6861 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6862 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6863 int nr = 1; | |
| 6864 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 // adjust data browser | |
| 6867 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6868 { | |
| 1562 | 6869 int i; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6872 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6873 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6874 } |
| 6875 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6876 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6879 { | |
| 6880 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6881 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6882 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6883 } |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6886 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6887 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6888 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6889 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6890 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6891 | |
| 6892 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6893 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6894 } | |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 /* | |
| 6897 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6898 */ | |
| 6899 void | |
| 6900 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr) | |
| 6901 int nr; | |
| 6902 { | |
| 6903 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6904 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6907 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6908 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6909 } | |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |